SemaDecl.cpp revision 1fa8028d9ff5de64f8b9d55731ca83a2d3423a77
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 518 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 520 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 521 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 522 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 523 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 524 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 526 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 527 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 528 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 529 } 530 531 if (SS.isEmpty()) 532 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 533 << Name << Corrected 534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 535 else 536 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 537 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 538 << SS.getRange() 539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 540 541 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 542 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 543 544 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 545 if (Result.empty()) 546 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 547 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 724 // of the class. 725 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 726 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 727 728 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 729} 730 731void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 732 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 733 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 734 CurContext = DC; 735 S->setEntity(DC); 736} 737 738void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 739 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 740 741 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 742 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 743} 744 745/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 746/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 747/// 748void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 750 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 751 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 752 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 753 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 754 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 755 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 756 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 757 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 758 // namespace. 759 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 760 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 761 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 762 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 763 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 764 765 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 766 767#ifndef NDEBUG 768 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 769 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 770 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 771#endif 772 773 CurContext = DC; 774 S->setEntity(DC); 775} 776 777void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 778 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 779 780 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 781 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 782 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 783 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 784 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 785 786 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 787 // disappear. 788} 789 790/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 791/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 792/// 793/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 794/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 795/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 796/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 797/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 798/// attribute. 799static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 800 ASTContext &Context) { 801 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 802 return true; 803 804 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 805 return true; 806 807 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 808 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 809} 810 811/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 812void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 813 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 814 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 815 // scope. 816 while (S->getEntity() && 817 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 818 S = S->getParent(); 819 820 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 821 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 822 // into any context. 823 if (AddToContext) 824 CurContext->addDecl(D); 825 826 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 827 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 828 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 829 D->isOutOfLine()) 830 return; 831 832 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 833 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 834 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 835 return; 836 837 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 838 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 839 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 840 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 842 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 843 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 844 845 // Should only need to replace one decl. 846 break; 847 } 848 } 849 850 S->AddDecl(D); 851 852 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 853 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 854 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 855 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 856 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 857 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 858 if (IDC == CurContext) { 859 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 860 continue; 861 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 862 break; 863 } 864 865 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 866 } else { 867 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 868 } 869} 870 871bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 873 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 874 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 875} 876 877Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 878 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 879 do { 880 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 881 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 882 return S; 883 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 884 885 return 0; 886} 887 888static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 889 DeclContext*, 890 ASTContext&); 891 892/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 893/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 894void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 895 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 896 bool ConsiderLinkage, 897 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 898 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 899 while (F.hasNext()) { 900 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 901 902 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 903 continue; 904 905 if (ConsiderLinkage && 906 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 907 continue; 908 909 F.erase(); 910 } 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 916 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 917 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 918 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 919} 920 921/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 922static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 923 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 924 while (F.hasNext()) 925 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 926 F.erase(); 927 928 F.done(); 929} 930 931/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 932/// @code 933/// class S { 934/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 935/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 936/// }; 937/// @endcode 938static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 939 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 940 // the decl here. 941 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 942 return false; 943 944 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 945 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 946 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 947 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 948 return false; 949} 950 951bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 952 assert(D); 953 954 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 955 return false; 956 957 // Ignore class templates. 958 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 959 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 963 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 967 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 968 return false; 969 } else { 970 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 971 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 972 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 973 return false; 974 } 975 976 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 978 return false; 979 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 980 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 981 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 982 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 983 return false; 984 985 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 986 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 987 return false; 988 989 } else { 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 994 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 995 return false; 996 997 return true; 998} 999 1000void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1001 if (!D) 1002 return; 1003 1004 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1005 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1006 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1007 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1008 } 1009 1010 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1011 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1012 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1013 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1014 } 1015 1016 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1017 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1018 } 1019 1020static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1021 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1022 return false; 1023 1024 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1025 return false; 1026 1027 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1028 return true; 1029 1030 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1031 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1033 return false; 1034 1035 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1036 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1037 1038 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1039 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1040 1041 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1042 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1043 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1044 return false; 1045 } 1046 1047 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1048 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1049 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1053 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1054 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1055 return false; 1056 1057 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1058 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1059 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1060 // has no side effects. 1061 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1067 } 1068 1069 return true; 1070} 1071 1072/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1073/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1074void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1075 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1076 return; 1077 1078 unsigned DiagID; 1079 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1080 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1081 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1082 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1083 else 1084 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1085 1086 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1087} 1088 1089static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1090 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1091 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1092 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1093 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1094 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1095} 1096 1097void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1098 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1099 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1100 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1101 1102 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1103 I != E; ++I) { 1104 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1105 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1106 1107 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1108 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1109 1110 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1111 1112 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1113 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1114 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1115 1116 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1117 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1118 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1119 1120 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1121 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1122 } 1123} 1124 1125/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1126/// 1127/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1128/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1129/// to the fixed name. 1130/// 1131/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1132/// 1133/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1134/// if there is no class with the given name. 1135/// 1136/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1137/// class could not be found. 1138ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1140 bool TypoCorrection) { 1141 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1142 // creation from this context. 1143 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1144 1145 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1146 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1147 // find an Objective-C class name. 1148 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1149 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1150 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1152 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1154 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1155 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1156 1157 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 1161 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1162} 1163 1164/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1165/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1166/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1167/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1168/// ill-formed in C++: 1169/// @code 1170/// struct S6 { 1171/// enum { BAR } e; 1172/// }; 1173/// 1174/// void test_S6() { 1175/// struct S6 a; 1176/// a.e = BAR; 1177/// } 1178/// @endcode 1179/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1180/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1181/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1182/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1183/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1184/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1185/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1186/// contain non-field names. 1187Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1188 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1189 (S->getEntity() && 1190 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1191 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 return S; 1194} 1195 1196/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1197/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1198/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1199/// built-in. 1200NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1201 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1202 SourceLocation Loc) { 1203 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1204 1205 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1206 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1207 switch (Error) { 1208 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1209 // Okay 1210 break; 1211 1212 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1213 if (ForRedeclaration) 1214 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1215 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1216 return 0; 1217 1218 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1219 if (ForRedeclaration) 1220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1221 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 1225 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1228 << R; 1229 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1230 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1231 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1234 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1235 } 1236 1237 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1238 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1239 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1240 SC_Extern, 1241 SC_None, false, 1242 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1243 New->setImplicit(); 1244 1245 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1246 // FunctionDecl. 1247 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1248 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1250 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1251 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1252 SourceLocation(), 0, 1253 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1255 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1256 Params.push_back(parm); 1257 } 1258 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1259 } 1260 1261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1262 1263 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1264 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1265 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1266 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1267 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1268 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1269 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1270 CurContext = SavedContext; 1271 return New; 1272} 1273 1274/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1275/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1276/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1277/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1278/// 1279void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1280 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1281 // merging checks. 1282 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1283 1284 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1285 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1286 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1287 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1288 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1289 default: break; 1290 case 2: 1291 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1292 break; 1293 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1294 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1295 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1296 return; 1297 case 5: 1298 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1299 break; 1300 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1301 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1302 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1303 return; 1304 case 3: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 8: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1315 return; 1316 } 1317 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1318 } 1319 1320 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1321 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1322 if (!Old) { 1323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1324 << New->getDeclName(); 1325 1326 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1327 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1328 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1329 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1334 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1336 1337 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1338 QualType OldType; 1339 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1340 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1341 else 1342 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1343 1344 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1345 // with any extensions enabled. 1346 1347 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1348 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1349 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1350 int Kind = 0; 1351 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1352 Kind = 1; 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1354 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1355 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1356 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1357 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1358 } 1359 1360 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1361 // declaration was a typedef. 1362 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1363 // spellings don't match exactly. 1364 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1366 1367 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1368 return; 1369 1370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1371 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1372 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1373 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1374 // to the type to which it already refers. 1375 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1376 return; 1377 1378 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1379 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1380 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1381 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1382 // 1383 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1384 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1385 // 1386 // struct S { 1387 // typedef struct A { } A; 1388 // }; 1389 // 1390 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1391 // allow the above but disallow 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef int I; 1395 // typedef int I; 1396 // }; 1397 // 1398 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1399 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1400 return; 1401 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1403 << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1406 } 1407 1408 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1409 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1410 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1411 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1412 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1413 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1414 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1415 return; 1416 1417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1418 << New->getDeclName(); 1419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1420 return; 1421} 1422 1423/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1424/// attribute. 1425static bool 1426DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1427 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1428 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1429 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1430 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1431 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1432 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1433 return true; 1434 } 1435 1436 return false; 1437} 1438 1439/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1440static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1441 ASTContext &C) { 1442 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1443 return; 1444 1445 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1446 1447 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1448 // we process them. 1449 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1450 1451 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1452 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1453 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1454 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1455 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1456 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1457 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1458 foundAny = true; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1463} 1464 1465/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1466/// to the new one. 1467static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1468 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1469 ASTContext &C) { 1470 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1471 return; 1472 1473 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1474 1475 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1476 // done before we process them. 1477 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1478 1479 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1480 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1481 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1482 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1483 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1484 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1485 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1486 foundAny = true; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1491} 1492 1493namespace { 1494 1495/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1496/// C. 1497struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1498 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1499 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1500 QualType PromotedType; 1501}; 1502 1503} 1504 1505/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1506Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1507 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1508 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1509 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1510 1511 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1512 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1513 } 1514 1515 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1516 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1517 1518 if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) 1519 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1520 1521 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1522} 1523 1524/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1525/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1526/// GNU89 mode. 1527static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1528 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1529 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1530 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1531 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1532} 1533 1534/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1535/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1536/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1537/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1538/// 1539/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1540/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1541/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1542/// merged with. 1543/// 1544/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1545bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1546 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1547 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1548 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1549 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1550 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1551 else 1552 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1553 if (!Old) { 1554 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1555 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1556 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1557 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1558 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1559 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1560 return true; 1561 } 1562 1563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1564 << New->getDeclName(); 1565 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1566 return true; 1567 } 1568 1569 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1570 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1571 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1572 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1573 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1574 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1575 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1576 else 1577 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1578 1579 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1580 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1581 1582 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1583 // is an extern inline function. 1584 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1585 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1586 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1587 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1588 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1590 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1591 } else { 1592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1593 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1594 return true; 1595 } 1596 } 1597 1598 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1599 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1600 // calling convention of the first. 1601 // 1602 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1603 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1604 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1605 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1606 // because it is the default calling convention. 1607 // 1608 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1609 // other tests to run. 1610 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1611 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1612 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1613 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1614 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1615 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1616 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1617 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1618 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1619 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1620 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1621 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1623 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1624 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1625 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1626 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1627 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1628 return true; 1629 } 1630 1631 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1632 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1633 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1634 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1635 } 1636 1637 // Merge regparm attribute. 1638 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1639 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1640 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1641 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1642 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1643 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1644 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1645 return true; 1646 } 1647 1648 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1649 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1650 } 1651 1652 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1653 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1654 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1655 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1656 } 1657 1658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1659 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1660 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1661 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1662 // cannot be overloaded. 1663 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1664 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1665 QualType ResQT; 1666 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1667 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1668 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1669 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1670 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1671 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1672 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1673 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1674 else 1675 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1676 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1677 return true; 1678 } 1679 else 1680 NewQType = ResQT; 1681 } 1682 1683 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1684 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1685 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1686 // Preserve triviality. 1687 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1688 1689 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope. 1690 bool IsMSExplicitSpecialization = getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1691 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1692 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1693 1694 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1695 !IsMSExplicitSpecialization) { 1696 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1697 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1698 // is a static member function declaration. 1699 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1702 return true; 1703 } 1704 1705 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1706 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1707 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1708 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1709 unsigned NewDiag; 1710 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1711 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1712 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1713 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1714 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1715 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1716 else 1717 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1718 1719 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1721 1722 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1723 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1724 // 1725 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1726 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1727 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1728 if (isFriend) { 1729 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1730 } else { 1731 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1732 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1733 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1734 return true; 1735 } 1736 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1737 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1738 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1739 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1740 return true; 1741 } 1742 } 1743 1744 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1745 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1746 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1747 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1748 1749 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1750 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1751 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1752 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1753 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1754 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1755 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1756 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1757 } 1758 1759 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1760 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1761 1762 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1763 } 1764 1765 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1766 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1767 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1768 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1769 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1770 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1771 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1772 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1773 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1774 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1775 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1776 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1777 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1778 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1779 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1780 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1781 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1782 New->setType(NewQType); 1783 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1784 1785 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1786 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1787 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1788 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1789 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1790 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1791 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1792 SourceLocation(), 1793 SourceLocation(), 0, 1794 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1795 SC_None, SC_None, 1796 0); 1797 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1798 Param->setImplicit(); 1799 Params.push_back(Param); 1800 } 1801 1802 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1803 } 1804 1805 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1806 } 1807 1808 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1809 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1810 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1811 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1812 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1813 // the prototype. 1814 // 1815 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1816 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1817 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1818 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1819 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1820 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1821 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1822 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1823 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1824 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1825 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1826 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1827 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1828 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1829 1830 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1831 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1832 NewProto->getResultType()); 1833 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1834 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1835 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1836 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1837 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1838 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1839 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1840 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1841 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1842 NewParm->getType(), 1843 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1844 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1845 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1846 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1847 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1848 } else 1849 LooseCompatible = false; 1850 } 1851 1852 if (LooseCompatible) { 1853 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1854 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1855 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1856 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1857 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1858 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1859 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1860 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1861 } 1862 1863 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1864 ArgTypes.size(), 1865 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1866 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1867 } 1868 1869 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1870 } 1871 1872 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1873 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1874 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1875 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1876 // signature. 1877 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1878 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1879 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1880 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1881 // library built-in. 1882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1883 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1884 << Old << Old->getType(); 1885 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1886 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1887 return false; 1888 } 1889 1890 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1891 } 1892 1893 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1894 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1895 return true; 1896} 1897 1898/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1899/// known to be compatible. 1900/// 1901/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1902/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1903/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1904/// redeclaration of Old. 1905/// 1906/// \returns false 1907bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1908 // Merge the attributes 1909 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1910 1911 // Merge the storage class. 1912 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1913 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1914 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1915 1916 // Merge "pure" flag. 1917 if (Old->isPure()) 1918 New->setPure(); 1919 1920 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1921 // declarations. 1922 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1923 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1924 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1925 Context); 1926 1927 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1928 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1929 1930 return false; 1931} 1932 1933void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1934 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1935 // Merge the attributes. 1936 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1937 1938 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1939 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1940 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1941 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1942 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1943} 1944 1945/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1946/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1947/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1948/// 1949/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1950/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1951/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1952/// 1953void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1954 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1955 return; 1956 1957 QualType MergedT; 1958 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1959 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1960 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1961 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1962 return; 1963 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1964 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1965 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1966 } 1967 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1968 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1969 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1970 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1971 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1972 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1973 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1974 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1975 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1976 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1977 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1978 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1979 MergedT = New->getType(); 1980 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1981 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1982 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1983 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1984 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1985 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1986 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1987 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1988 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1989 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1990 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1991 Old->getType()); 1992 } 1993 } else { 1994 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1995 } 1996 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1997 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1998 << New->getDeclName(); 1999 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2000 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2001 } 2002 New->setType(MergedT); 2003} 2004 2005/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2006/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2007/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2008/// 2009/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2010/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2011/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2012/// 2013void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2014 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2015 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2016 return; 2017 2018 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2019 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2020 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2021 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2023 << New->getDeclName(); 2024 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2025 diag::note_previous_definition); 2026 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2027 } 2028 2029 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2030 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2031 // 2032 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2033 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2035 << New->getIdentifier(); 2036 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2037 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2038 } 2039 2040 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2041 2042 // Merge the types. 2043 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2044 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2045 return; 2046 2047 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2048 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2049 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2051 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2052 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2053 } 2054 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2055 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2056 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2057 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2058 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2059 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2060 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2061 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2062 // identifier has external linkage. 2063 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2064 /* Okay */; 2065 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2066 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2067 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2068 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2069 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2070 } 2071 2072 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2073 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2074 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2077 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2078 } 2079 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2080 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2081 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2082 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2083 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2084 } 2085 2086 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2087 2088 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2089 // need to check for mismatches. 2090 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2091 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2092 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2093 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2094 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2095 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2096 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2097 } 2098 2099 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2101 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2102 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2104 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2105 } 2106 2107 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2108 const VarDecl *Def; 2109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2110 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2111 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2113 << New->getDeclName(); 2114 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2115 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2116 return; 2117 } 2118 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2119 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2120 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2121 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2122 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2123 // specified at the prior declaration. 2124 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2125 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2126 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2127 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2128 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2129 2130 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2131 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2132 2133 // Inherit access appropriately. 2134 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2135} 2136 2137/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2138/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2139Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2140 DeclSpec &DS) { 2141 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2142 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2143} 2144 2145/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2146/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2147/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2148Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2149 DeclSpec &DS, 2150 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2151 Decl *TagD = 0; 2152 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2153 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2154 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2155 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2156 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2157 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2158 2159 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2160 return 0; 2161 2162 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2163 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2164 // it's a Type. 2165 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2166 } 2167 2168 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2169 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2170 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2171 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2172 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2173 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2174 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2175 } 2176 2177 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2178 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2179 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2180 if (TagD && !Tag) 2181 return 0; 2182 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2183 } 2184 2185 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2186 // declarators. 2187 bool emittedWarning = false; 2188 2189 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2190 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2191 2192 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2193 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2194 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2195 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2196 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2197 2198 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2199 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2200 emittedWarning = true; 2201 } 2202 } 2203 2204 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2205 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2206 CurContext->isRecord() && 2207 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2208 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2209 // struct STRUCT; 2210 // and 2211 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2212 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2213 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2214 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2215 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2216 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2217 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2218 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2219 } 2220 } 2221 2222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2223 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2224 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2225 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2226 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2227 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2228 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2229 emittedWarning = true; 2230 } 2231 2232 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2233 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2234 2235 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2236 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2237 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2238 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2239 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2240 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2241 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2242 return Tag; 2243 } 2244 2245 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2246 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2247 emittedWarning = true; 2248 } 2249 2250 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2251 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2252 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2253 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2254 return TagD; 2255 2256 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2257 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2258 // useless. 2259 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2260 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2261 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2262 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2263 2264 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2265 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2266 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2267 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2268 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2269 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2270 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2271 // Restrict is covered above. 2272 } 2273 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2274 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2275 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2276 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2277 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2278 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2279 2280 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2281 2282 return TagD; 2283} 2284 2285/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2286/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2287StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2288 StmtResult R; 2289 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2290 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2291 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2292 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2293 do 2294 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2295 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2296 } 2297 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2298 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2299 } 2300 } 2301 return R; 2302} 2303 2304/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2305/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2306/// 2307/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2308static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2309 Scope *S, 2310 DeclContext *Owner, 2311 DeclarationName Name, 2312 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2313 unsigned diagnostic) { 2314 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2315 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2316 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2317 2318 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2319 return false; 2320 2321 // Pick a representative declaration. 2322 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2323 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2324 2325 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2326 return false; 2327 2328 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2329 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2330 2331 return true; 2332} 2333 2334/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2335/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2336/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2337/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2338/// struct, e.g., 2339/// 2340/// @code 2341/// union { 2342/// int i; 2343/// float f; 2344/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2345/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2346/// @endcode 2347/// 2348/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2349/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2350static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2351 DeclContext *Owner, 2352 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2353 AccessSpecifier AS, 2354 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2355 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2356 unsigned diagKind 2357 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2358 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2359 2360 bool Invalid = false; 2361 2362 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2363 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2364 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2365 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2366 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2367 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2368 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2369 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2370 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2371 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2372 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2373 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2374 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2375 Invalid = true; 2376 } else { 2377 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2378 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2379 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2380 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2381 // anonymous union is declared. 2382 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2383 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2384 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2385 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2386 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2387 else 2388 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2389 2390 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2391 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2392 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2393 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2394 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2395 2396 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2397 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2398 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2399 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2400 2401 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2402 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2403 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2404 2405 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2406 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2407 2408 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2409 } 2410 } 2411 } 2412 2413 return Invalid; 2414} 2415 2416/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2417/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2418/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2419static StorageClass 2420StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2421 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2422 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2423 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2424 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2425 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2426 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2427 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2428 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2429 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2430 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2431 } 2432 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2433} 2434 2435/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2436/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2437/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2438static StorageClass 2439StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2440 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2441 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2442 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2443 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2444 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2445 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2446 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2447 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2448 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2449 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2450 } 2451 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2452} 2453 2454/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2455/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2456/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2457/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2458Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2459 AccessSpecifier AS, 2460 RecordDecl *Record) { 2461 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2462 2463 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2464 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2465 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2466 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2467 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2468 2469 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2470 // structs/unions. 2471 bool Invalid = false; 2472 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2473 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2474 unsigned DiagID; 2475 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2476 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2477 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2478 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2479 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2480 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2481 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2482 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2483 Invalid = true; 2484 2485 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2486 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2487 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2488 } 2489 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2490 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2491 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2492 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2493 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2494 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2495 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2496 Invalid = true; 2497 2498 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2499 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2500 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2501 } 2502 2503 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2504 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2505 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2506 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2507 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2508 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2509 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2510 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2511 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2512 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2513 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2514 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2515 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2517 2518 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2519 } 2520 2521 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2522 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2523 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2524 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2525 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2526 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2527 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2528 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2529 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2530 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2531 // members (clause 11). 2532 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2533 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2534 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2535 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2536 Invalid = true; 2537 } 2538 2539 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2540 Invalid = true; 2541 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2542 // Any implicit members are fine. 2543 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2544 // This is a type that showed up in an 2545 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2546 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2547 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2548 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2549 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2550 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2551 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2552 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2553 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2554 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2555 else { 2556 // This is a nested type declaration. 2557 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2558 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2559 Invalid = true; 2560 } 2561 } 2562 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2563 // Any access specifier is fine. 2564 } else { 2565 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2566 // member. Complain about it. 2567 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2568 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2569 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2570 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2571 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2572 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2573 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2574 2575 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2576 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2577 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2578 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2579 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2580 else { 2581 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2582 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2583 Invalid = true; 2584 } 2585 } 2586 } 2587 } 2588 2589 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2590 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2591 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2592 Invalid = true; 2593 } 2594 2595 // Mock up a declarator. 2596 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2598 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2599 2600 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2601 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2602 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2603 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2604 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2605 Record->getLocation(), 2606 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2607 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2608 TInfo, 2609 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2610 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2611 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2612 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2613 } else { 2614 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2615 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2616 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2617 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2618 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2619 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2620 // an error here 2621 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2622 Invalid = true; 2623 SC = SC_None; 2624 } 2625 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2626 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2627 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2628 2629 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2630 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2631 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2632 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2633 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2634 } 2635 Anon->setImplicit(); 2636 2637 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2638 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2639 // its members. 2640 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2641 2642 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2643 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2644 // purposes. 2645 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2646 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2647 2648 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2649 Chain, false)) 2650 Invalid = true; 2651 2652 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2653 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2654 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2655 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2656 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2657 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2658 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2659 2660 if (Invalid) 2661 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2662 2663 return Anon; 2664} 2665 2666/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2667/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2668/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2669/// Example: 2670/// 2671/// struct A { int a; }; 2672/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2673/// 2674/// void foo() { 2675/// B var; 2676/// var.a = 3; 2677/// } 2678/// 2679Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2680 RecordDecl *Record) { 2681 2682 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2683 if (!Record) 2684 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2685 2686 // Mock up a declarator. 2687 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2688 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2689 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2690 2691 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2692 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2693 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2694 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2695 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2696 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2697 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2698 TInfo, 2699 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2700 Anon->setImplicit(); 2701 2702 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2703 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2704 2705 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2706 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2707 // purposes. 2708 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2709 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2710 2711 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2712 Record->getDefinition(), 2713 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2714 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2715 2716 return Anon; 2717} 2718 2719/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2720/// given Declarator. 2721DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2722 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2723} 2724 2725/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2726DeclarationNameInfo 2727Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2728 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2730 2731 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2732 2733 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2734 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2735 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2736 return NameInfo; 2737 2738 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2740 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2742 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2743 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2744 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2745 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2746 return NameInfo; 2747 2748 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2749 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2750 Name.Identifier)); 2751 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2752 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2753 return NameInfo; 2754 2755 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2756 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2757 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2758 if (Ty.isNull()) 2759 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2760 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2761 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2762 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2763 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2764 return NameInfo; 2765 } 2766 2767 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2768 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2769 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2770 if (Ty.isNull()) 2771 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2772 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2773 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2774 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2775 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2776 return NameInfo; 2777 } 2778 2779 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2780 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2781 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2782 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2783 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2784 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2785 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2786 2787 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2788 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2789 2790 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2791 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2792 // was qualified. 2793 2794 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2795 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2796 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2797 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2798 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2799 return NameInfo; 2800 } 2801 2802 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2803 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2804 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2805 if (Ty.isNull()) 2806 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2807 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2808 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2809 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2810 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2811 return NameInfo; 2812 } 2813 2814 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2815 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2816 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2817 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2818 } 2819 2820 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2821 2822 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2823 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2824} 2825 2826/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2827/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2828/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2829/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2830/// the class or namespace. 2831static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2832 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2833 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2834 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2835 return false; 2836 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2837 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2838 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2839 2840 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2841 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2842 return false; 2843 } 2844 2845 return true; 2846} 2847 2848/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2849/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2850/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2851/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2852/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2853static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2854 DeclarationName Name) { 2855 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2856 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2857 // - types which will become injected class names 2858 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2859 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2860 // few cases here. 2861 2862 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2863 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2864 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2865 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2866 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2867 // Grab the type from the parser. 2868 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2869 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2870 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2871 2872 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2873 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2874 // attached already. 2875 if (!TSI) 2876 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2877 2878 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2879 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2880 if (!TSI) return true; 2881 2882 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2883 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2884 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2885 break; 2886 } 2887 2888 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2889 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2890 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2891 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2892 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2893 break; 2894 } 2895 2896 default: 2897 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2898 break; 2899 } 2900 2901 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2902 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2903 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2904 2905 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2906 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2907 // pointer. 2908 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2909 continue; 2910 2911 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2912 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2913 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2914 return true; 2915 } 2916 2917 return false; 2918} 2919 2920Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2921 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2922 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 2923 IsFunctionDefinition); 2924} 2925 2926/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2927/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2928/// name different from T: 2929/// - every static data member of class T; 2930/// - every member function of class T 2931/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2932/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2933bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2934 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2935 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2936 2937 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2938 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2939 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2940 return true; 2941 } 2942 2943 return false; 2944} 2945 2946Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2947 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2948 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2949 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2950 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2951 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2952 2953 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2954 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2955 if (!Name) { 2956 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2957 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2958 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2959 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2960 return 0; 2961 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2962 return 0; 2963 2964 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2965 // we find one that is. 2966 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2967 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2968 S = S->getParent(); 2969 2970 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2971 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2972 D.setInvalidType(); 2973 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2974 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2975 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2976 return 0; 2977 2978 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2979 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2980 if (!DC) { 2981 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2982 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2983 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2984 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2986 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2987 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2988 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2989 return 0; 2990 } 2991 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2992 2993 if (!IsDependentContext && 2994 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2995 return 0; 2996 2997 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2998 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2999 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3000 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3001 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3002 D.setInvalidType(); 3003 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3004 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3005 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3006 // definition: 3007 // 3008 // class X { 3009 // void X::f(); 3010 // }; 3011 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3013 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3014 else 3015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3016 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3017 3018 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3019 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3020 } 3021 } 3022 3023 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3024 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3025 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3026 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3027 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3028 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3029 D.setInvalidType(); 3030 } 3031 } 3032 3033 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3034 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3035 // Just return early; it's safer. 3036 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3037 return 0; 3038 3039 NamedDecl *New; 3040 3041 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3042 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3043 3044 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3045 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3046 D.setInvalidType(); 3047 3048 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3049 ForRedeclaration); 3050 3051 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3052 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3053 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3054 3055 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3056 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3057 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3058 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3059 /* Do nothing*/; 3060 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3061 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3062 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3063 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3064 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3065 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3066 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3067 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3068 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3069 3070 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3071 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3072 3073 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3074 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3075 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3076 3077 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3078 // out-of-line members. 3079 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3080 3081 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3082 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3083 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3084 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3085 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3086 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3087 // declarations namespace. 3088 // 3089 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3090 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3091 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3092 // 3093 // class X { 3094 // void f(); 3095 // void f(float); 3096 // }; 3097 // 3098 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3099 // 3100 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3101 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3102 // matches. 3103 3104 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3105 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3106 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3107 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3108 } else { 3109 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3110 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3111 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3112 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3113 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3114 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3115 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3116 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3117 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3118 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3119 else 3120 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3121 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3122 D.setInvalidType(); 3123 } 3124 } 3125 } 3126 3127 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3128 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3129 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3130 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3131 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3132 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3133 D.setInvalidType(); 3134 3135 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3136 Previous.clear(); 3137 } 3138 3139 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3140 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3141 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3142 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3143 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3144 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3145 Previous.clear(); 3146 3147 bool Redeclaration = false; 3148 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3149 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3150 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3151 return 0; 3152 } 3153 3154 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3155 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3156 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3157 move(TemplateParamLists), 3158 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3159 } else { 3160 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3161 move(TemplateParamLists), 3162 Redeclaration); 3163 } 3164 3165 if (New == 0) 3166 return 0; 3167 3168 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3169 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3170 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3171 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3172 3173 return New; 3174} 3175 3176/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3177/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3178/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3179static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3180 ASTContext &Context, 3181 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3182 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3183 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3184 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3185 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3186 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3187 SizeIsNegative = false; 3188 Oversized = 0; 3189 3190 if (T->isDependentType()) 3191 return QualType(); 3192 3193 QualifierCollector Qs; 3194 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3195 3196 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3197 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3198 QualType FixedType = 3199 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3200 Oversized); 3201 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3202 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3203 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3204 } 3205 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3206 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3207 QualType FixedType = 3208 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3209 Oversized); 3210 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3211 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3212 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3213 } 3214 3215 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3216 if (!VLATy) 3217 return QualType(); 3218 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3219 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3220 return QualType(); 3221 3222 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3223 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3224 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3225 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3226 return QualType(); 3227 3228 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3229 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3230 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3231 SizeIsNegative = true; 3232 return QualType(); 3233 } 3234 3235 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3236 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3237 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3238 Res); 3239 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3240 Oversized = Res; 3241 return QualType(); 3242 } 3243 3244 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3245 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3246} 3247 3248/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3249/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3250void 3251Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3252 const LookupResult &Previous, 3253 Scope *S) { 3254 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3255 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3256 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3257 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3258 3259 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3260 return; 3261 3262 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3263 3264 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3265 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3266 // declaration. 3267 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3268 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3269 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3270 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3271 S = S->getParent(); 3272 3273 if (S) 3274 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3275 } 3276} 3277 3278/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3279/// does not identify a function. 3280void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3281 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3282 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3283 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3285 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3286 3287 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3288 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3289 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3290 3291 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3292 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3293 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3294} 3295 3296NamedDecl* 3297Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3298 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3299 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3300 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3301 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3302 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3303 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3304 D.setInvalidType(); 3305 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3306 DC = CurContext; 3307 Previous.clear(); 3308 } 3309 3310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3311 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3312 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3313 } 3314 3315 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3316 3317 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3319 3320 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3321 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3322 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3323 return 0; 3324 } 3325 3326 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3327 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3328 3329 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3330 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3331 3332 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3333 3334 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3335} 3336 3337void 3338Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3339 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3340 // then it shall have block scope. 3341 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3342 // that redeclarations will match. 3343 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3344 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3345 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3346 3347 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3348 bool SizeIsNegative; 3349 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3350 QualType FixedTy = 3351 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3352 Oversized); 3353 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3354 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3355 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3356 } else { 3357 if (SizeIsNegative) 3358 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3359 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3360 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3361 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3362 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3363 else 3364 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3365 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3366 } 3367 } 3368 } 3369} 3370 3371 3372/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3373/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3374/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3375NamedDecl* 3376Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3377 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3378 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3379 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3380 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3381 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3382 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3383 Redeclaration = true; 3384 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3385 } 3386 3387 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3388 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3389 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3390 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3391 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3392 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3393 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3394 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3395 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3396 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3397 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3398 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3399 } 3400 3401 return NewTD; 3402} 3403 3404/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3405/// previous declaration. 3406/// 3407/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3408/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3409/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3410/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3411/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3412/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3413/// 3414/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3415/// lookup 3416/// 3417/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3418/// declared. 3419/// 3420/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3421/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3422static bool 3423isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3424 ASTContext &Context) { 3425 if (!PrevDecl) 3426 return false; 3427 3428 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3429 return false; 3430 3431 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3432 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3433 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3434 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3435 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3436 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3437 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3438 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3439 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3440 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3441 return false; 3442 3443 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3444 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3445 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3446 return false; 3447 3448 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3449 // previous declarations. 3450 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3451 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3452 3453 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3454 // isn't the same function. 3455 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3456 return false; 3457 } 3458 3459 return true; 3460} 3461 3462static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3463 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3464 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3465 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3466} 3467 3468NamedDecl* 3469Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3470 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3471 LookupResult &Previous, 3472 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3473 bool &Redeclaration) { 3474 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3475 3476 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3477 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3478 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3479 3480 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3481 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3482 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3483 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3484 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3485 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3486 // an error here 3487 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3488 D.setInvalidType(); 3489 SC = SC_None; 3490 } 3491 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3492 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3493 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3494 3495 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3496 if (!II) { 3497 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3498 << Name.getAsString(); 3499 return 0; 3500 } 3501 3502 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3503 3504 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3505 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3506 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3507 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3508 3509 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3510 // is a GNU extension. 3511 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3512 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3513 else 3514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3515 D.setInvalidType(); 3516 } 3517 } 3518 3519 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3520 VarDecl *NewVD; 3521 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3522 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3523 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3524 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3525 3526 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3527 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3528 } else { 3529 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3530 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3531 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3532 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3533 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3535 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3536 SC = SC_Static; 3537 } 3538 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3539 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3540 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3541 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3542 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3543 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3544 3545 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3546 // the program is ill-formed. 3547 // 3548 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3549 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3550 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3551 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3552 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3553 } 3554 } 3555 3556 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3557 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3558 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3559 bool Invalid = false; 3560 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3561 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3562 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3563 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3564 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3565 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3566 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3567 /*never a friend*/ false, 3568 isExplicitSpecialization, 3569 Invalid)) { 3570 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3571 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3572 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3573 << II 3574 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3575 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3576 return 0; 3577 } else { 3578 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3579 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3580 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3581 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3582 << II 3583 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3584 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3585 } 3586 } 3587 3588 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3589 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3590 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3591 3592 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3593 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3594 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3595 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3596 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3597 3598 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3599 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3600 3601 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3602 3603 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3604 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3605 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3606 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3607 } 3608 } 3609 3610 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3611 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3612 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3613 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3614 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3615 else 3616 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3617 } 3618 3619 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3620 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3621 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3622 3623 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3624 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3625 3626 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3627 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3628 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3629 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3630 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3631 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3632 switch (SC) { 3633 case SC_None: 3634 case SC_Auto: 3635 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3636 break; 3637 case SC_Register: 3638 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3639 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3640 break; 3641 case SC_Static: 3642 case SC_Extern: 3643 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3644 break; 3645 } 3646 } 3647 3648 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3649 Context, Label)); 3650 } 3651 3652 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3653 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3654 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3655 3656 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3657 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3658 // declaration has linkage). 3659 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3660 isExplicitSpecialization); 3661 3662 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3663 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3664 else { 3665 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3666 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3667 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3668 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3669 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3670 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3671 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3673 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3674 Previous.clear(); 3675 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3676 } 3677 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3678 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3680 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3681 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3682 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3683 } 3684 3685 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3686 3687 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3688 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3689 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3690 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3691 } 3692 3693 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3694 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3695 // here. 3696 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3697 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3698 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3699 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3700 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3701 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3702 } 3703 } 3704 3705 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3706 // such variables. 3707 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3708 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3709 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3710 3711 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3712 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3713 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3714 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3715 3716 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3717 3718 return NewVD; 3719} 3720 3721/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3722/// -Wshadow. 3723/// 3724/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3725/// scope. 3726/// 3727/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3728/// \param R the lookup of the name 3729/// 3730void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3731 // Return if warning is ignored. 3732 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3733 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3734 return; 3735 3736 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3737 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3738 return; 3739 3740 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3741 3742 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3743 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3744 return; 3745 3746 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3747 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3748 return; 3749 3750 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3751 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3752 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3753 if (MD->isStatic()) 3754 return; 3755 3756 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3757 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3758 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3759 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3760 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3761 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3762 I != E; ++I) 3763 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3764 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3765 break; 3766 } 3767 } 3768 3769 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3770 3771 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3772 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3773 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3774 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3775 return; 3776 3777 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3778 // static data members from base classes? 3779 3780 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3781 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3782 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3783 } 3784 3785 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3786 unsigned Kind; 3787 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3788 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3789 Kind = 3; // field 3790 else 3791 Kind = 2; // static data member 3792 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3793 Kind = 1; // global 3794 else 3795 Kind = 0; // local 3796 3797 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3798 3799 // Emit warning and note. 3800 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3801 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3802} 3803 3804/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3805void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3806 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3807 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3808 return; 3809 3810 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3811 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3812 LookupName(R, S); 3813 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3814} 3815 3816/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3817/// declaration. 3818/// 3819/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3820/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3821/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3822/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3823/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3824/// 3825/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3826void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3827 LookupResult &Previous, 3828 bool &Redeclaration) { 3829 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3830 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3831 return; 3832 3833 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3834 3835 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3836 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3837 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3838 } 3839 3840 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3841 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3842 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3843 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3844 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3845 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3846 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3850 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3851 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3852 3853 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3854 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3855 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3856 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3857 3858 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3859 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3860 bool SizeIsNegative; 3861 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3862 QualType FixedTy = 3863 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3864 Oversized); 3865 3866 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3867 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3868 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3869 // int a[10][n]; 3870 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3871 3872 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3873 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3874 << SizeRange; 3875 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3876 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3877 << SizeRange; 3878 else 3879 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3880 << SizeRange; 3881 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3882 } 3883 3884 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3885 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3887 else 3888 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3889 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3890 } 3891 3892 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3893 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3894 } 3895 3896 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3897 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3898 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3899 // declaration with the same name. 3900 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3901 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3902 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3903 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3904 } 3905 3906 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3907 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3908 << T; 3909 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3910 } 3911 3912 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3913 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3914 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3915 } 3916 3917 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3918 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3919 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3920 } 3921 3922 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3923 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3924 QualType Pointee; 3925 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3926 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3927 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3928 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3929 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3930 PtrOrRef = 1; 3931 } 3932 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3933 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3934 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3935 << PtrOrRef; 3936 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3937 } 3938 3939 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3940 Redeclaration = true; 3941 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3942 } 3943} 3944 3945/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3946struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3947 Sema *S; 3948 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3949}; 3950 3951/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3952/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3953/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3954static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3955 CXXBasePath &Path, 3956 void *UserData) { 3957 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3958 3959 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3960 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3961 3962 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3963 3964 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3965 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3966 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3967 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3968 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3969 3970 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3971 } 3972 3973 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3974 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3975 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3976 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3977 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3978 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3979 return true; 3980 } 3981 } 3982 3983 return false; 3984} 3985 3986/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3987/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3988bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3989 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3990 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3991 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3992 Data.Method = MD; 3993 Data.S = this; 3994 bool AddedAny = false; 3995 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3996 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3997 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3998 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3999 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4000 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4001 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4002 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4003 AddedAny = true; 4004 } 4005 } 4006 } 4007 } 4008 4009 return AddedAny; 4010} 4011 4012static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4013 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4014 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4015 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4016 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4017 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4018 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4019 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4020 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4021 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4022 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4023 } 4024} 4025 4026NamedDecl* 4027Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4028 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4029 LookupResult &Previous, 4030 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4031 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 4032 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4033 4034 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4035 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4036 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4037 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4038 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4039 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4040 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4041 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4042 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4043 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4044 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4045 D.setInvalidType(); 4046 break; 4047 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4048 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4049 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4050 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4051 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4052 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4053 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4054 // other than extern 4055 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4056 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4057 diag::err_static_block_func); 4058 SC = SC_None; 4059 } else 4060 SC = SC_Static; 4061 break; 4062 } 4063 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4064 } 4065 4066 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4067 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4068 4069 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4070 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4071 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4072 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4073 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4074 D.setInvalidType(); 4075 } 4076 4077 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4078 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4079 bool isFriend = false; 4080 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4081 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4082 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4083 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4084 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4085 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4086 4087 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4088 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4089 // prototype. This true when: 4090 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4091 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4092 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4093 bool HasPrototype = 4094 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4095 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4096 4097 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4098 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4099 HasPrototype); 4100 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4101 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4102 4103 // Set the lexical context. 4104 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4105 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4106 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4107 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4108 } else { 4109 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4110 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4111 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4112 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4113 4114 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4115 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4116 // the class has been completely parsed. 4117 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4118 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4119 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4120 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4121 AbstractReturnType)) 4122 D.setInvalidType(); 4123 4124 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4125 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4126 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4127 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4128 4129 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4130 4131 // Create the new declaration 4132 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4133 Context, 4134 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4135 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4136 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4137 isExplicit, isInline, 4138 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4139 4140 NewFD = NewCD; 4141 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4142 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4143 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4144 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4145 4146 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4147 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4148 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4149 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4150 isInline, 4151 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4152 isVirtualOkay = true; 4153 } else { 4154 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4155 4156 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4157 // code path. 4158 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4159 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4160 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4161 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4162 D.setInvalidType(); 4163 } 4164 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4165 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4167 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4168 return 0; 4169 } 4170 4171 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4172 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4173 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4174 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4175 isInline, isExplicit, 4176 SourceLocation()); 4177 4178 isVirtualOkay = true; 4179 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4180 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4181 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4182 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4183 // constructor if it has no return type). 4184 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4185 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4186 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4187 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4188 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4189 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4190 return 0; 4191 } 4192 4193 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4194 4195 // [class.free]p1: 4196 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4197 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4198 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4199 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4200 isStatic = true; 4201 4202 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4203 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4204 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4205 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4206 isStatic = true; 4207 4208 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4209 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4210 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4211 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4212 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4213 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4214 SourceLocation()); 4215 NewFD = NewMD; 4216 4217 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4218 } else { 4219 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4220 // prototype. This true when: 4221 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4222 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4223 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4224 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4225 } 4226 4227 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4228 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4229 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4230 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4231 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4232 } 4233 4234 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4235 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4236 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4237 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4238 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4239 4240 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4241 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4242 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4243 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4244 4245 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4246 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4247 bool Invalid = false; 4248 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4249 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4250 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4251 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4252 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4253 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4254 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4255 isFriend, 4256 isExplicitSpecialization, 4257 Invalid)) { 4258 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4259 // This is a function template 4260 4261 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4262 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4263 return 0; 4264 4265 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4266 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4267 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4268 return 0; 4269 } 4270 4271 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4272 NewFD->getLocation(), 4273 Name, TemplateParams, 4274 NewFD); 4275 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4276 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4277 4278 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4279 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4280 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4281 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4282 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4283 } 4284 } else { 4285 // This is a function template specialization. 4286 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4287 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4288 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4289 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4290 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4291 4292 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4293 if (isFriend) { 4294 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4295 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4296 4297 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4298 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4299 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4300 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4301 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4302 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4303 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4304 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4305 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4306 } 4307 4308 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4309 << Name << RemoveRange 4310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4311 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4312 } 4313 } 4314 } 4315 else { 4316 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4317 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4318 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4319 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4320 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4321 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4322 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4323 } 4324 4325 if (Invalid) { 4326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4327 if (FunctionTemplate) 4328 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4329 } 4330 4331 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4332 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4333 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4334 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4335 // 4336 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4337 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4339 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4340 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4341 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4343 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4345 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4346 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4347 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4348 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4349 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4350 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4351 } else { 4352 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4353 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4354 } 4355 } 4356 4357 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4358 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4359 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4360 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4361 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4362 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4363 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4364 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4365 } 4366 } 4367 4368 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4369 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4370 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4371 // and 12.3.2. 4372 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4373 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4374 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4376 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4377 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4378 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4379 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4380 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4381 // or conversion function. 4382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4383 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4384 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4385 } 4386 } 4387 4388 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4389 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4390 isExplicitSpecialization || 4391 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4392 4393 if (isFriend) { 4394 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4395 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4396 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4397 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4398 } 4399 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4400 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4401 } 4402 4403 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4404 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4405 // definition. 4406 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4407 } 4408 4409 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4410 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4411 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4412 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4413 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4414 // the class. 4415 4416 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4417 // member function definition. 4418 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4419 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4420 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4421 } 4422 } 4423 4424 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4425 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4426 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4427 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4428 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4429 SE->getString())); 4430 } 4431 4432 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4433 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4434 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4435 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4436 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4437 4438 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4439 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4440 // single void argument. 4441 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4442 // already checks for that case. 4443 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4444 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4445 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4446 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4447 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4448 4449 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4450 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4452 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4453 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4454 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4455 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4456 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4457 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4458 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4459 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4460 << IsTypeAlias; 4461 } 4462 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4463 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4464 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4465 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4466 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4467 Params.push_back(Param); 4468 4469 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4470 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4471 } 4472 } 4473 4474 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4475 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4476 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4477 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4478 // 4479 // @code 4480 // typedef void fn(int); 4481 // fn f; 4482 // @endcode 4483 4484 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4485 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4486 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4487 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4488 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4489 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4490 Params.push_back(Param); 4491 } 4492 } else { 4493 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4494 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4495 } 4496 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4497 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4498 4499 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4500 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4501 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4502 4503 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4504 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4505 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4506 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4507 Redeclaration); 4508 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4509 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4510 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4511 } else { 4512 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4513 // argument list into our AST format. 4514 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4515 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4516 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4517 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4518 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4519 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4520 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4521 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4522 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4523 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4524 TemplateArgs); 4525 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4526 4527 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4528 4529 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4530 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4531 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4532 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4533 4534 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4535 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4536 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4537 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4538 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4539 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4540 // too few of them). 4541 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4542 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4543 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4544 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4545 "template<> "); 4546 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4547 } else { 4548 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4549 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4550 } 4551 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4552 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4553 // wrote something like: 4554 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4555 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4556 // friend void foo<>(int); 4557 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4558 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4559 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4560 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4561 } 4562 4563 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4564 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4565 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4566 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4567 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4568 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4569 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4570 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4571 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4572 Previous)) 4573 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4574 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4575 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4576 && !isFriend) { 4577 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4578 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4579 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4580 return 0; 4581 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4582 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4583 Previous)) 4584 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4585 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4586 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4587 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4588 } 4589 4590 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4591 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4592 Redeclaration); 4593 4594 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4595 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4596 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4597 4598 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4599 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4600 : NewFD); 4601 4602 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4603 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4604 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4605 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4606 4607 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4608 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4609 4610 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4611 } 4612 4613 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4614 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4615 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4616 4617 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4618 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4619 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4620 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4621 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4622 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4623 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4624 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4625 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4626 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4627 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4628 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4629 DC->isDependentContext()) 4630 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4631 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4632 } 4633 4634 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4635 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4636 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4637 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4638 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4639 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4640 4641 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4642 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4643 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4644 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4645 4646 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4647 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4648 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4649 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4650 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4651 // can actually do this check immediately. 4652 if (isFriend && 4653 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4654 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4655 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4656 // ignore these 4657 } else { 4658 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4659 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4660 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4661 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4662 // 4663 // class X { 4664 // void f() const; 4665 // }; 4666 // 4667 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4668 // 4669 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4670 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4671 // whether the parameter types are references). 4672 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4673 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4675 4676 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4677 } 4678 4679 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4680 // to something. 4681 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4682 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4683 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4684 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4685 } 4686 4687 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4688 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4689 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4690 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4691 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4692 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4693 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4694 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4695 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4696 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4697 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4698 } 4699 } 4700 4701 4702 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4703 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4704 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4705 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4706 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4707 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4708 4709 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4710 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4711 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4712 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4713 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4714 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4715 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4716 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4717 } 4718 } 4719 4720 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4721 4722 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4723 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4724 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4725 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4726 << NewFD; 4727 4728 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4729 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4730 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4731 EPI.Variadic = true; 4732 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4733 4734 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4735 NewFD->setType(R); 4736 } 4737 4738 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4739 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4740 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4741 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4742 4743 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4744 // map of such names. 4745 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4746 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4747 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4748 4749 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4750 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4751 4752 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4753 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4754 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4755 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4756 return FunctionTemplate; 4757 } 4758 } 4759 4760 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4761 4762 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4763 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4764 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4765 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4766 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4767 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4768 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4769 4770 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4771 } 4772 } 4773 4774 return NewFD; 4775} 4776 4777/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4778/// 4779/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4780/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4781/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4782/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4783/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4784/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4785/// via InstantiateDecl). 4786/// 4787/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4788/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4789/// 4790/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4791void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4792 LookupResult &Previous, 4793 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4794 bool &Redeclaration) { 4795 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4796 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4797 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4798 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4799 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4800 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4801 4802 return; 4803 } 4804 4805 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4806 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4807 // because all functions have linkage. 4808 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4809 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4810 } 4811 4812 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4813 CheckMain(NewFD); 4814 4815 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4816 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4817 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4818 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4819 // declaration with the same name. 4820 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4821 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4822 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4823 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4824 } 4825 4826 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4827 // the same name, if appropriate. 4828 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4829 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4830 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4831 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4832 // function to the scope. 4833 4834 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4835 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4836 Redeclaration = true; 4837 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4838 } else { 4839 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4840 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4841 case Ovl_Match: 4842 Redeclaration = true; 4843 break; 4844 4845 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4846 Redeclaration = true; 4847 break; 4848 4849 case Ovl_Overload: 4850 Redeclaration = false; 4851 break; 4852 } 4853 4854 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4855 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4856 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4857 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4858 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4859 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4860 if (Redeclaration) 4861 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4862 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4863 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4864 if (OverloadedDecl) 4865 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4866 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4867 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4868 Context)); 4869 } 4870 } 4871 4872 if (Redeclaration) { 4873 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4874 // merged. 4875 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4876 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4877 4878 Previous.clear(); 4879 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4880 4881 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4882 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4883 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4884 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4885 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4886 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4887 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4888 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4889 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4890 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4891 } 4892 4893 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4894 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4895 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4896 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4897 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4898 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4899 } 4900 } else { 4901 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4902 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4903 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4904 } 4905 } 4906 } 4907 4908 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4909 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4910 // C++-specific checks. 4911 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4912 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4913 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4914 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4915 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4916 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4917 4918 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4919 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4920 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4921 DeclarationName Name 4922 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4923 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4924 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4925 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4926 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4930 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4931 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4932 } 4933 4934 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4935 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4936 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4937 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4938 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4939 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4940 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4941 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4942 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4943 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4944 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4945 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4946 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4947 ++Overridden) { 4948 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4949 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4950 } 4951 } 4952 } 4953 } 4954 } 4955 4956 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4957 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4958 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4959 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4960 4961 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4962 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4963 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4964 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4965 4966 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4967 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4968 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4969 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4970 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4971 4972 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4973 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4974 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4975 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4976 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4977 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4978 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4979 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4980 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4981 } 4982 } 4983 } 4984} 4985 4986void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4987 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4988 // or static is ill-formed. 4989 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4990 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4991 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4992 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4993 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4994 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4995 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4996 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4997 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4998 4999 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5000 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5001 } 5002 5003 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5004 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5005 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5006 5007 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5008 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5009 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5010 } 5011 5012 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5013 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5014 5015 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5016 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5017 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5018 5019 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5020 5021 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5022 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5023 // getting shifty. 5024 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5025 HasExtraParameters = false; 5026 5027 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5028 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5029 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5030 nparams = 3; 5031 } 5032 5033 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5034 // if we had some location information about types. 5035 5036 QualType CharPP = 5037 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5038 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5039 5040 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5041 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5042 5043 bool mismatch = true; 5044 5045 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5046 mismatch = false; 5047 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5048 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5049 // char const ** 5050 // char const * const * 5051 // char * const * 5052 5053 QualifierCollector qs; 5054 const PointerType* PT; 5055 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5056 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5057 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5058 qs.removeConst(); 5059 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5060 } 5061 } 5062 5063 if (mismatch) { 5064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5065 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5066 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5067 } 5068 } 5069 5070 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5072 } 5073 5074 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5076 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5077 } 5078} 5079 5080bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5081 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5082 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5083 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5084 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5085 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5086 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5087 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5088 // rules there don't matter.) 5089 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5090 return false; 5091 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5092 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5093 return true; 5094} 5095 5096namespace { 5097 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5098 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5099 class SelfReferenceChecker 5100 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5101 Sema &S; 5102 Decl *OrigDecl; 5103 5104 public: 5105 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5106 5107 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5108 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5109 5110 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5111 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5112 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5113 } 5114 5115 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5116 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5117 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5118 } 5119 5120 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5121 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5122 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5123 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5124 if (!DRE) return; 5125 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5126 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5127 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5128 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5129 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5130 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5131 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5132 } 5133 }; 5134} 5135 5136/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5137/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5138/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5139void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5140 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5141 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5142 // the initializer. 5143 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5144 return; 5145 5146 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5147 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5148 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5149 // by a dataflow analysis. 5150 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5151 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5152 } 5153 else { 5154 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5155 } 5156 5157 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5158 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5159 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5160 // Thus this grotesque test. 5161 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5162 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5163 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5164 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5165 else { 5166 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5167 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5168 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5169 } 5170 return; 5171 } 5172 5173 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5174 if (!VDecl) { 5175 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5176 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5177 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5178 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5179 else 5180 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5181 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5182 return; 5183 } 5184 5185 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5186 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5187 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5188 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5189 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5190 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5191 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5192 if (!DeducedType) { 5193 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5194 return; 5195 } 5196 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5197 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5198 5199 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5200 // the previously declared type. 5201 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5202 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5203 } 5204 5205 5206 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5207 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5208 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5209 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5210 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5211 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5212 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5213 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5214 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5215 return; 5216 } 5217 5218 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5219 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5220 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5221 AbstractVariableType)) 5222 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5223 5224 const VarDecl *Def; 5225 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5226 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5227 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5228 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5229 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5230 return; 5231 } 5232 5233 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5234 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5235 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5236 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5237 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5238 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5239 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5240 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5241 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5242 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5243 // 5244 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5245 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5246 // declaration with an initializer. 5247 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5248 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5249 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5250 return; 5251 } 5252 5253 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5254 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5255 5256 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5257 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5258 return; 5259 } 5260 } 5261 5262 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5263 // initialization. 5264 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5265 5266 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5267 InitializationKind Kind 5268 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5269 Init->getLocStart(), 5270 Init->getLocEnd()) 5271 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5272 Init->getLocStart()); 5273 5274 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5275 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5276 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5277 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5278 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5279 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5280 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5281 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5282 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5283 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5284 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5285 &DclT); 5286 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5287 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5288 return; 5289 } 5290 5291 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5292 5293 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5294 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5295 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5296 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5297 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5298 } 5299 } 5300 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5301 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5302 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5303 // 5304 // struct S { 5305 // static const int value = 17; 5306 // }; 5307 5308 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5309 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5310 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5311 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5312 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5313 &DclT); 5314 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5315 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5316 return; 5317 } 5318 5319 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5320 } 5321 5322 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5323 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5324 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5325 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5326 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5327 5328 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5329 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5330 5331 // Require constness. 5332 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5333 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5334 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5335 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5336 5337 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5338 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5339 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5340 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5341 llvm::APSInt Value; 5342 SourceLocation Loc; 5343 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5344 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5345 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5346 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5347 } 5348 } 5349 5350 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5351 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5352 // implement fully. 5353 } else { 5354 bool Allowed = false; 5355 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5356 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5357 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5358 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5359 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5360 Allowed = true; 5361 } 5362 5363 if (!Allowed) { 5364 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5365 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5366 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5367 5368 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5369 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5370 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5371 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5372 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5373 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5374 } 5375 } 5376 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5377 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5378 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5379 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5380 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5381 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5382 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5383 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5384 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5385 &DclT); 5386 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5387 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5388 return; 5389 } 5390 5391 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5392 } 5393 5394 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5395 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5396 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5397 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5398 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5399 } 5400 } 5401 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5402 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5403 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5404 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5405 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5406 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5407 Init->setType(DclT); 5408 } 5409 5410 5411 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5412 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5413 // global/static definition. 5414 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5415 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5416 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5417 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5418 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5419 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5420 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5421 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5422 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5423 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5424 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5425 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5426 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5427 } 5428 } 5429 } 5430 5431 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5432 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5433 5434 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5435 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5436 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5437 5438 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5439} 5440 5441/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5442/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5443/// of sanity. 5444void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5445 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5446 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5447 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5448 5449 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5450 if (!VD) return; 5451 5452 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5453 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5454 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5455 return; 5456 } 5457 5458 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5459 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5460 5461 // Require a complete type. 5462 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5463 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5464 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5465 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5466 return; 5467 } 5468 5469 // Require an abstract type. 5470 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5471 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5472 AbstractVariableType)) { 5473 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5474 return; 5475 } 5476 5477 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5478 // though. 5479} 5480 5481void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5482 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5483 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5484 if (RealDecl == 0) 5485 return; 5486 5487 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5488 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5489 5490 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5491 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5492 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5493 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5494 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5495 return; 5496 } 5497 5498 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5499 case VarDecl::Definition: 5500 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5501 break; 5502 5503 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5504 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5505 // a declaration. 5506 // 5507 // Fall through 5508 5509 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5510 // It's only a declaration. 5511 5512 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5513 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5514 // object shall be complete. 5515 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5516 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5517 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5518 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5519 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5520 5521 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5522 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5523 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5524 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5525 AbstractVariableType)) 5526 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5527 return; 5528 5529 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5530 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5531 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5532 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5533 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5534 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5535 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5536 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5537 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5538 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5539 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5540 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5541 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5542 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5543 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5544 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5545 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5546 // NOTE: code such as the following 5547 // static struct s; 5548 // struct s { int a; }; 5549 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5550 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5551 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5552 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5553 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5554 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5555 } 5556 } 5557 5558 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5559 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5560 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5561 return; 5562 } 5563 5564 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5565 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5566 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5567 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5568 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5569 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5570 return; 5571 } 5572 5573 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5574 // definitions with reference type. 5575 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5576 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5577 << Var->getDeclName() 5578 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5579 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5580 return; 5581 } 5582 5583 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5584 // variable with dependent type. 5585 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5586 return; 5587 5588 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5589 return; 5590 5591 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5592 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5593 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5594 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5595 return; 5596 } 5597 5598 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5599 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5600 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5601 AbstractVariableType)) { 5602 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5603 return; 5604 } 5605 5606 const RecordType *Record 5607 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5608 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5609 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5610 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5611 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5612 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5613 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5614 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5615 // type shall have a user-declared default 5616 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5617 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5618 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5619 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5620 // program is ill-formed. 5621 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5622 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5623 // default-initialized; [...]. 5624 } else { 5625 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5626 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5627 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5628 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5629 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5630 // storage duration is not ins cope to a point where it is in scope is 5631 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5632 // trivial defautl constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5633 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5634 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage() && Record) { 5636 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5637 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x || 5638 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5639 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 5640 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5641 } 5642 5643 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5644 InitializationKind Kind 5645 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5646 5647 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5648 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5649 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5650 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5651 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5652 else if (Init.get()) 5653 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5654 } 5655 5656 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5657 } 5658} 5659 5660void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5661 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5662 if (!VD) { 5663 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5664 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5665 return; 5666 } 5667 5668 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5669 5670 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5671 int Error = -1; 5672 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5673 case SC_None: 5674 break; 5675 case SC_Extern: 5676 Error = 0; 5677 break; 5678 case SC_Static: 5679 Error = 1; 5680 break; 5681 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5682 Error = 2; 5683 break; 5684 case SC_Auto: 5685 Error = 3; 5686 break; 5687 case SC_Register: 5688 Error = 4; 5689 break; 5690 } 5691 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5692 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5693 // Error = 5; 5694 if (Error != -1) { 5695 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5696 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5697 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5698 } 5699} 5700 5701void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5702 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5703 5704 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5705 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5706 5707 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5708 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5709 5710 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5711 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5712 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5713 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5714 5715 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5716 // constructing this copy. 5717 QualType type = var->getType(); 5718 5719 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5720 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5721 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5722 ExprResult result = 5723 PerformCopyInitialization( 5724 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5725 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5726 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5727 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5728 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5729 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5730 } 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 // Check for global constructors. 5735 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5736 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5737 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5738 var->getInit() && 5739 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5740 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5741 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5742 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5743 5744 // Require the destructor. 5745 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5746 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5747} 5748 5749/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5750/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5751void 5752Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5753 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5754 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5755} 5756 5757Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5758Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5759 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5760 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5761 5762 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5763 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5764 5765 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5766 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5767 Decls.push_back(D); 5768 5769 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5770 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5771} 5772 5773/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5774/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5775Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5776Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5777 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5778 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5779 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5780 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5781 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5782 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5783 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5784 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5785 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5786 QualType Deduced; 5787 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5788 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5789 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5790 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5791 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5792 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5793 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5794 break; 5795 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5796 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5797 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5798 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5799 Deduced = U; 5800 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5801 DeducedDecl = D; 5802 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5803 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5804 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5805 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5806 << U << D->getDeclName() 5807 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5808 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5809 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5810 break; 5811 } 5812 } 5813 } 5814 } 5815 } 5816 5817 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5818} 5819 5820 5821/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5822/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5823Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5824 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5825 5826 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5827 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5828 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5829 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5830 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5831 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5832 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5833 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5834 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5835 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5836 } 5837 5838 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5839 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5840 5841 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5842 5843 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5844 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5845 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5846 5847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5848 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5849 // parameter. 5850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5851 5852 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5853 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5854 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5855 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5856 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5857 } 5858 5859 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5860 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5862 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5863 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5864 } 5865 } 5866 5867 // Ensure we have a valid name 5868 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5869 if (D.hasName()) { 5870 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5871 if (!II) { 5872 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5873 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5874 D.setInvalidType(true); 5875 } 5876 } 5877 5878 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5879 if (II) { 5880 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5881 ForRedeclaration); 5882 LookupName(R, S); 5883 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5884 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5885 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5886 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5887 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5888 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5889 PrevDecl = 0; 5890 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5892 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5893 5894 // Recover by removing the name 5895 II = 0; 5896 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5897 D.setInvalidType(true); 5898 } 5899 } 5900 } 5901 5902 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5903 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5904 // looking like class members in C++. 5905 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5906 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5907 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5908 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5909 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5910 5911 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5912 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5913 5914 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 5915 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 5916 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 5917 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 5918 5919 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5920 S->AddDecl(New); 5921 if (II) 5922 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5923 5924 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5925 5926 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5928 } 5929 return New; 5930} 5931 5932/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5933/// typedef. 5934ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5935 SourceLocation Loc, 5936 QualType T) { 5937 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5938 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5939 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5940 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5941 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5942 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5943 Param->setImplicit(); 5944 return Param; 5945} 5946 5947void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5948 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5949 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5950 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5951 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5952 return; 5953 5954 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5955 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5956 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5957 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5958 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5959 } 5960 } 5961} 5962 5963void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5964 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5965 QualType ReturnTy, 5966 NamedDecl *D) { 5967 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5968 return; 5969 5970 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5971 // threshold. 5972 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5973 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5974 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5975 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5976 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5977 } 5978 5979 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5980 // threshold. 5981 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5982 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5983 if (!T->isPODType()) 5984 continue; 5985 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5986 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5987 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5988 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5989 } 5990} 5991 5992ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5993 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5994 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5995 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5996 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5997 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5998 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5999 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6000 0); 6001 6002 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6003 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6004 // the class has been completely parsed. 6005 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6006 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6007 AbstractParamType)) 6008 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6009 6010 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6011 // passed by reference. 6012 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6013 Diag(NameLoc, 6014 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6015 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6016 } 6017 6018 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6019 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6020 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6021 // an address space. 6022 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6024 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6025 } 6026 6027 return New; 6028} 6029 6030void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6031 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6032 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6033 6034 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6035 // for a K&R function. 6036 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6037 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6038 --i; 6039 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6040 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6041 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6042 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6043 << ";\n"; 6044 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6045 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6046 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6047 6048 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6049 // type. 6050 AttributeFactory attrs; 6051 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6052 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6053 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6054 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6055 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6056 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6057 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6058 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6059 } 6060 } 6061 } 6062} 6063 6064Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6065 Declarator &D) { 6066 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6067 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6068 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6069 6070 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6071 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6072 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6073 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6074} 6075 6076static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6077 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6078 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6079 return false; 6080 6081 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6082 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6083 return false; 6084 6085 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6086 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6087 return false; 6088 6089 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6090 if (FD->isMain()) 6091 return false; 6092 6093 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6094 if (FD->isInlined()) 6095 return false; 6096 6097 // Don't warn about function templates. 6098 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6099 return false; 6100 6101 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6102 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6103 return false; 6104 6105 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6106 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6107 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6108 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6109 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6110 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6111 continue; 6112 6113 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6114 break; 6115 } 6116 6117 return MissingPrototype; 6118} 6119 6120void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6121 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6122 // was an extern inline function. 6123 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6124 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6125 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6126 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6127 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6128 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6129 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6130 else 6131 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6132 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6133 } 6134} 6135 6136Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6137 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6138 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6139 6140 if (!D) 6141 return D; 6142 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6143 6144 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6145 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6146 else 6147 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6148 6149 // Enter a new function scope 6150 PushFunctionScope(); 6151 6152 // See if this is a redefinition. 6153 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6154 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6155 6156 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6157 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6158 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6159 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6160 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6161 } 6162 } 6163 6164 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6165 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6166 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6167 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6168 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6169 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6170 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6171 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6172 6173 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6174 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6175 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6176 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6177 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6178 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6179 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6180 6181 if (FnBodyScope) 6182 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6183 6184 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6185 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6186 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6187 6188 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6189 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6190 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6191 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6192 6193 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6194 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6195 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6196 6197 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6202 // dllimport attribute. 6203 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6204 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6205 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6206 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6207 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6208 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6209 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6210 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6211 << "dllimport"; 6212 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6213 return FD; 6214 } 6215 6216 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6217 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6218 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6219 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6220 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6221 // emitted. 6222 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6223 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6224 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6225 } 6226 } 6227 return FD; 6228} 6229 6230/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6231/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6232/// optimization. 6233/// 6234/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6235/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6236/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6237/// use the named return value optimization. 6238/// 6239/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6240/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6241/// the NRVO variable. 6242/// 6243/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6244/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6245/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6246static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6247 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6248 6249 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6250 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6251 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6252 return; 6253 6254 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6255 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6256 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6257 return; 6258 } 6259 6260 if (NRVOCandidate) 6261 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6262} 6263 6264Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6265 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6266} 6267 6268Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6269 bool IsInstantiation) { 6270 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6271 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6272 if (FunTmpl) 6273 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6274 else 6275 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6276 6277 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6278 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6279 6280 if (FD) { 6281 FD->setBody(Body); 6282 if (FD->isMain()) { 6283 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6284 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6285 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6286 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6287 } 6288 6289 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6290 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6291 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6292 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6293 6294 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6295 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6296 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6297 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6298 6299 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6300 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6301 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6302 6303 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6304 } 6305 6306 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6307 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6308 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6309 MD->setBody(Body); 6310 if (Body) 6311 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6312 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6313 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6314 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6315 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6316 } 6317 } else { 6318 return 0; 6319 } 6320 6321 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6322 if (Body) { 6323 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6324 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6325 // Verify this. 6326 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6327 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6328 6329 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6330 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6331 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6332 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6333 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6334 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6335 6336 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6337 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6338 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6339 6340 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6341 Destructor->getParent()); 6342 } 6343 6344 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6345 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6346 // deletion in some later function. 6347 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6348 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6349 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6350 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6351 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6352 // enabled. 6353 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6354 } 6355 6356 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6357 } 6358 6359 if (!IsInstantiation) 6360 PopDeclContext(); 6361 6362 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6363 6364 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6365 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6366 // deletion in some later function. 6367 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6368 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6369 6370 return dcl; 6371} 6372 6373/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6374/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6375NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6376 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6377 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6378 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6379 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6380 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6381 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6382 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6383 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6384 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6385 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6386 return Pos->second; 6387 } 6388 6389 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6390 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6391 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6392 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6393 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6394 else 6395 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6396 6397 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6398 const char *Dummy; 6399 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6400 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6401 unsigned DiagID; 6402 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6403 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6404 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6405 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6406 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6407 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6408 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6409 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6410 DS.getAttributes(), 6411 SourceLocation()); 6412 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6413 6414 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6415 6416 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6417 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6418 6419 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6420 FD->setImplicit(); 6421 6422 CurContext = PrevDC; 6423 6424 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6425 6426 return FD; 6427} 6428 6429/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6430/// the declaration of this function. 6431/// 6432/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6433/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6434/// like NSLog or printf. 6435void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6436 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6437 return; 6438 6439 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6440 // actual attributes. 6441 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6442 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6443 unsigned FormatIdx; 6444 bool HasVAListArg; 6445 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6446 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6447 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6448 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6449 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6450 } 6451 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6452 HasVAListArg)) { 6453 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6454 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6455 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6456 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6457 } 6458 6459 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6460 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6461 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6462 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6463 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6464 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6465 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6466 } 6467 6468 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6469 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6470 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6471 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6472 } 6473 6474 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6475 if (!Name) 6476 return; 6477 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6478 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6479 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6480 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6481 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6482 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6483 // about. 6484 } else 6485 return; 6486 6487 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6488 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6489 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6490 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6491 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6492 } else 6493 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6494 "printf", 1, 6495 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6496 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6497 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6498 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6499 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6500 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6501 "printf", 2, 6502 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6503 } 6504} 6505 6506TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6507 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6508 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6509 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6510 6511 if (!TInfo) { 6512 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6513 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6514 } 6515 6516 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6517 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6518 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6519 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6520 D.getIdentifier(), 6521 TInfo); 6522 6523 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6524 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6525 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6526 return NewTD; 6527 } 6528 6529 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6530 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6531 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6532 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6533 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6534 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6535 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6536 case TST_enum: 6537 case TST_struct: 6538 case TST_union: 6539 case TST_class: { 6540 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6541 6542 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6543 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6544 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6545 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6546 6547 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6548 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6549 6550 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6551 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6552 break; 6553 6554 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6555 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6556 break; 6557 } 6558 6559 default: 6560 break; 6561 } 6562 6563 return NewTD; 6564} 6565 6566 6567/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6568/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6569/// 6570/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6571bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6572 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6573 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6574 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6575 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6576 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6577 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6578 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6579 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6580 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6581 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6582 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6583 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6584 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6585 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6586 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6587 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6588 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6589 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6590 return true; 6591 6592 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6593 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6594 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6595 bool isTemplate = false; 6596 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6597 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6598 6599 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6600 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6601 << isTemplate << &Name 6602 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6603 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6604 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6605 return true; 6606 } 6607 return false; 6608} 6609 6610/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6611/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6612/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6613/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6614Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6615 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6616 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6617 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6618 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6619 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6620 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6621 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6622 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6623 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6624 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6625 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6626 6627 OwnedDecl = false; 6628 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6629 6630 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6631 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6632 bool Invalid = false; 6633 6634 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6635 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6636 // for non-C++ cases. 6637 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6638 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6639 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6640 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6641 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6642 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6643 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6644 isExplicitSpecialization, 6645 Invalid)) { 6646 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6647 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6648 // be a member of another template). 6649 6650 if (Invalid) 6651 return 0; 6652 6653 OwnedDecl = false; 6654 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6655 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6656 TemplateParams, AS, 6657 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6658 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6659 return Result.get(); 6660 } else { 6661 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6662 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6663 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6664 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6665 } 6666 } 6667 } 6668 6669 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6670 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6671 // redeclaration. 6672 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6673 6674 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6675 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6676 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6677 // type, default to int. 6678 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6679 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6680 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6681 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6682 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6683 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6684 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6685 6686 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6687 6688 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6689 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6690 << T; 6691 // Recover by falling back to int. 6692 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6693 } 6694 6695 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6696 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6697 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6698 6699 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6700 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6701 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6702 } 6703 6704 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6705 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6706 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6707 6708 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6709 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6710 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6711 6712 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6713 6714 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6715 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6716 6717 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6718 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6719 Name = 0; 6720 goto CreateNewDecl; 6721 } 6722 6723 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6724 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6725 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6726 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6727 if (!DC) { 6728 IsDependent = true; 6729 return 0; 6730 } 6731 } else { 6732 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6733 if (!DC) { 6734 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6735 << SS.getRange(); 6736 return 0; 6737 } 6738 } 6739 6740 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6741 return 0; 6742 6743 SearchDC = DC; 6744 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6745 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6746 6747 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6748 return 0; 6749 6750 if (Previous.empty()) { 6751 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6752 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6753 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6754 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6755 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6756 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6757 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6758 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6759 IsDependent = true; 6760 return 0; 6761 } 6762 6763 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6764 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6765 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6766 Name = 0; 6767 Invalid = true; 6768 goto CreateNewDecl; 6769 } 6770 } else if (Name) { 6771 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6772 // declaration or definition. 6773 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6774 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6775 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6776 LookupName(Previous, S); 6777 6778 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6779 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6780 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6781 while (F.hasNext()) { 6782 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 6783 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 6784 F.erase(); 6785 } 6786 F.done(); 6787 } 6788 6789 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6790 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6791 return 0; 6792 6793 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6794 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6795 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6796 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6797 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6798 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6799 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6800 } 6801 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6802 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6803 // initial context to the translation unit. 6804 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6805 } 6806 6807 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6808 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6809 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6810 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6811 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6812 Previous.clear(); 6813 } 6814 6815 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6816 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6817 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6818 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6819 6820 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6821 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6822 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6823 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6824 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6825 } 6826 } 6827 6828 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6829 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6830 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6831 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6832 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6833 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6834 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6835 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6836 6837 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6838 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6839 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6840 // 6841 // class-key identifier 6842 // 6843 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6844 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6845 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6846 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6847 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6848 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6849 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6850 // declaration. 6851 // 6852 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6853 // C structs and unions. 6854 // 6855 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6856 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6857 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6858 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6859 // 6860 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6861 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6862 // 6863 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6864 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6865 // lexical context, 6866 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6867 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6868 6869 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6870 while (S->isClassScope() || 6871 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6872 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6873 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6874 (S->getEntity() && 6875 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6876 S = S->getParent(); 6877 } else { 6878 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6879 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6880 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6881 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6882 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6883 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6884 } 6885 6886 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6887 // diagnose some problems. 6888 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6889 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6890 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6891 } 6892 } 6893 6894 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6895 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6896 6897 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6898 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6899 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6900 // in C++. 6901 // 6902 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6903 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6904 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6905 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6906 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6907 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6908 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6909 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6910 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6911 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6912 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6913 PrevDecl = Tag; 6914 Previous.clear(); 6915 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6916 Previous.resolveKind(); 6917 } 6918 } 6919 } 6920 } 6921 6922 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6923 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6924 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6925 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6926 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6927 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6928 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6929 // struct or something similar. 6930 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6931 bool SafeToContinue 6932 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6933 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6934 if (SafeToContinue) 6935 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6936 << Name 6937 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6938 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6939 else 6940 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6941 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6942 6943 if (SafeToContinue) 6944 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6945 else { 6946 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6947 Name = 0; 6948 Previous.clear(); 6949 Invalid = true; 6950 } 6951 } 6952 6953 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6954 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6955 6956 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6957 // returning the previous declaration. 6958 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6959 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6960 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6961 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6962 return PrevTagDecl; 6963 } 6964 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6965 QualType T; 6966 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6967 T = TI->getType(); 6968 else 6969 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6970 6971 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6972 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6973 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6974 << T 6975 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6976 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6977 return PrevTagDecl; 6978 } 6979 } 6980 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6981 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6982 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6983 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6984 return PrevTagDecl; 6985 } 6986 } 6987 6988 if (!Invalid) { 6989 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6990 6991 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6992 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6993 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6994 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6995 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6996 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6997 return PrevTagDecl; 6998 6999 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7000 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7001 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7002 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7003 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7004 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7005 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7006 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7007 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7008 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7009 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7010 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7011 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7012 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7013 // references get the previous definition. 7014 Name = 0; 7015 Previous.clear(); 7016 Invalid = true; 7017 } 7018 } else { 7019 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7020 // about a nested redefinition. 7021 const TagType *Tag 7022 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7023 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7024 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7025 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7026 diag::note_previous_definition); 7027 Name = 0; 7028 Previous.clear(); 7029 Invalid = true; 7030 } 7031 } 7032 7033 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7034 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7035 } 7036 } 7037 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7038 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7039 7040 } else { 7041 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7042 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7043 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7044 // have distinct types. 7045 Previous.clear(); 7046 } 7047 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7048 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7049 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7050 7051 7052 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7053 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7054 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7055 } else { 7056 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7057 7058 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7059 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7060 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7061 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7062 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7063 unsigned Kind = 0; 7064 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7065 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7066 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7067 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7068 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7069 Invalid = true; 7070 7071 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7072 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7073 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7074 // do nothing 7075 7076 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7077 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7078 unsigned Kind = 0; 7079 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7080 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7081 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7082 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7083 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7084 Invalid = true; 7085 7086 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7087 // case here. 7088 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7089 unsigned Kind = 0; 7090 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7091 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7092 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7093 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7094 Invalid = true; 7095 7096 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7097 } else { 7098 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7099 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7100 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7101 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7102 Name = 0; 7103 Invalid = true; 7104 } 7105 7106 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7107 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7108 Previous.clear(); 7109 } 7110 } 7111 7112CreateNewDecl: 7113 7114 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7115 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7116 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7117 7118 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7119 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7120 // keyword. 7121 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7122 7123 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7124 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7125 // PrevDecl. 7126 TagDecl *New; 7127 7128 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7129 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7130 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7131 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7132 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7133 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7134 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7135 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7136 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7137 TagDecl *Def; 7138 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7139 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7140 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7141 } 7142 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7143 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7144 << New; 7145 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7146 } else { 7147 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7148 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7149 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7150 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7151 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7152 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7153 7154 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7155 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7156 // the declaration context. 7157 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7158 IsForwardReference = true; 7159 } 7160 } 7161 7162 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7163 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7164 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7165 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7166 else 7167 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7168 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7169 } 7170 7171 } else { 7172 // struct/union/class 7173 7174 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7175 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7176 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7177 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7178 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7179 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7180 7181 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7182 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7183 } else 7184 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7185 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7186 } 7187 7188 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7189 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7190 if (SS.isSet()) { 7191 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7192 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7193 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7194 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7195 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7196 } 7197 } 7198 else 7199 Invalid = true; 7200 } 7201 7202 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7203 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7204 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7205 // 7206 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7207 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7208 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7209 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7210 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7211 // parsing of the struct). 7212 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7213 7214 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7215 } 7216 7217 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7218 // check the specialization. 7219 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7220 Invalid = true; 7221 7222 if (Invalid) 7223 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7224 7225 if (Attr) 7226 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7227 7228 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7229 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7230 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7231 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7232 7233 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7234 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7235 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7236 7237 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7238 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7239 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7240 7241 // Set the access specifier. 7242 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7243 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7244 7245 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7246 New->startDefinition(); 7247 7248 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7249 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7250 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7251 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7252 if (PrevDecl) 7253 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7254 7255 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7256 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7257 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7258 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7259 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7260 } else if (Name) { 7261 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7262 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7263 if (IsForwardReference) 7264 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7265 7266 } else { 7267 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7268 } 7269 7270 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7271 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7272 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7273 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7274 II->isStr("FILE")) 7275 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7276 7277 OwnedDecl = true; 7278 return New; 7279} 7280 7281void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7282 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7283 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7284 7285 // Enter the tag context. 7286 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7287} 7288 7289void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7290 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7291 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7292 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7293 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7294 7295 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7296 7297 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7298 return; 7299 7300 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7301 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7302 7303 // C++ [class]p2: 7304 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7305 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7306 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7307 // as if it were a public member name. 7308 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7309 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7310 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7311 Record->getIdentifier(), 7312 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7313 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7314 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7315 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7316 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7317 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7318 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7319 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7320 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7321 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7322} 7323 7324void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7325 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7326 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7327 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7328 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7329 7330 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7331 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7332 7333 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7334 PopDeclContext(); 7335 7336 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7337 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7338} 7339 7340void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7341 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7342 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7343 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7344 7345 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7346 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7347 // the FieldCollector. 7348 7349 PopDeclContext(); 7350} 7351 7352// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7353bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7354 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7355 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7356 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7357 if (ZeroWidth) 7358 *ZeroWidth = true; 7359 7360 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7361 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7362 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7363 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7364 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7365 return true; 7366 if (FieldName) 7367 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7368 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7369 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7370 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7371 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7372 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7373 return true; 7374 7375 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7376 // it now. 7377 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7378 return false; 7379 7380 llvm::APSInt Value; 7381 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7382 return true; 7383 7384 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7385 *ZeroWidth = false; 7386 7387 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7388 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7389 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7390 7391 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7392 if (FieldName) 7393 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7394 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7395 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7396 << Value.toString(10); 7397 } 7398 7399 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7400 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7401 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7402 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7403 if (FieldName) 7404 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7405 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7406 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7407 7408 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7409 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7410 } 7411 7412 if (FieldName) 7413 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7414 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7415 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7416 else 7417 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7418 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7419 } 7420 } 7421 7422 return false; 7423} 7424 7425/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7426/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7427Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7428 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7429 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7430 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7431 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7432 AS_public); 7433 return Res; 7434} 7435 7436/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7437/// 7438FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7439 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7440 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7441 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7442 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7443 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7444 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7445 7446 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7447 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7448 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7449 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7450 7451 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7452 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7453 D.setInvalidType(); 7454 T = Context.IntTy; 7455 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7456 } 7457 } 7458 7459 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7460 7461 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7463 7464 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7465 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7466 LookupName(Previous, S); 7467 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7468 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7469 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7470 7471 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7472 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7473 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7474 7475 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7476 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7477 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7478 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7479 PrevDecl = 0; 7480 } 7481 7482 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7483 PrevDecl = 0; 7484 7485 bool Mutable 7486 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7487 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7488 FieldDecl *NewFD 7489 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7490 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7491 7492 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7493 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7494 7495 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7496 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7497 // with the same name in the same scope. 7498 } else if (II) { 7499 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7500 } else 7501 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7502 7503 return NewFD; 7504} 7505 7506/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7507/// 7508/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7509/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7510/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7511/// created. 7512/// 7513/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7514/// 7515/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7516FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7517 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7518 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7519 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7520 SourceLocation TSSL, 7521 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7522 Declarator *D) { 7523 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7524 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7525 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7526 7527 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7528 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7529 if (T.isNull()) { 7530 InvalidDecl = true; 7531 T = Context.IntTy; 7532 } 7533 7534 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7535 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7536 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7537 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7538 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7539 InvalidDecl = true; 7540 } 7541 7542 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7543 // than a variably modified type. 7544 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7545 bool SizeIsNegative; 7546 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7547 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7548 SizeIsNegative, 7549 Oversized); 7550 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7551 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7552 T = FixedTy; 7553 } else { 7554 if (SizeIsNegative) 7555 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7556 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7558 << Oversized.toString(10); 7559 else 7560 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7561 InvalidDecl = true; 7562 } 7563 } 7564 7565 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7566 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7567 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7568 AbstractFieldType)) 7569 InvalidDecl = true; 7570 7571 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7572 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7573 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7574 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7575 InvalidDecl = true; 7576 BitWidth = 0; 7577 ZeroWidth = false; 7578 } 7579 7580 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7581 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7582 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7583 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7584 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7585 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7586 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7587 7588 if (DiagID) { 7589 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7590 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7591 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7592 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7593 Mutable = false; 7594 InvalidDecl = true; 7595 } 7596 } 7597 7598 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7599 BitWidth, Mutable); 7600 if (InvalidDecl) 7601 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7602 7603 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7604 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7605 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7606 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7607 } 7608 7609 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7610 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7611 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7612 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7613 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7614 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7615 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7616 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7617 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7618 // objects. 7619 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7620 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7622 } 7623 } 7624 7625 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7626 // the program is ill-formed. 7627 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7628 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7629 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7630 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7631 } 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7636 // representation, not a parser representation. 7637 if (D) 7638 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7639 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7640 7641 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7642 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7643 7644 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7645 return NewFD; 7646} 7647 7648bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7649 assert(FD); 7650 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7651 7652 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7653 return true; 7654 7655 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7656 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7657 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7658 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7659 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7660 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7661 // copy constructors. 7662 7663 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7664 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7665 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7666 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7667 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7668 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7669 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7670 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7671 member = CXXDestructor; 7672 7673 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7674 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7675 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7676 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7677 return true; 7678 } 7679 } 7680 } 7681 7682 return false; 7683} 7684 7685/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7686/// special member, figure out why. 7687void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7688 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7689 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7690 7691 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7692 switch (member) { 7693 case CXXInvalid: 7694 break; 7695 7696 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7697 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7698 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7699 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7700 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7701 ci->hasBody(body); 7702 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7703 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7704 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7705 return; 7706 } 7707 } 7708 7709 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7710 return; 7711 } 7712 break; 7713 7714 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7715 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7716 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7717 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7718 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7719 return; 7720 } 7721 break; 7722 7723 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7724 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7725 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7726 // assignment, not the type. 7727 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7728 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7729 return; 7730 } 7731 break; 7732 7733 case CXXDestructor: 7734 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7735 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7736 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7737 return; 7738 } 7739 break; 7740 } 7741 7742 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7743 7744 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7745 // but not trivial destruction. 7746 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7747 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7748 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7749 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7750 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7751 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7752 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7753 return; 7754 } 7755 7756 // Check for virtual methods. 7757 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7758 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7759 ++mi) { 7760 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7761 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7762 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7763 return; 7764 } 7765 } 7766 } 7767 7768 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7769 switch (member) { 7770 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7771 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 7772 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7773 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7774 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7775 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7776 case CXXDestructor: 7777 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7778 default: 7779 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7780 } 7781 7782 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7783 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7784 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7785 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7786 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7787 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7788 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7789 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7790 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7791 return; 7792 } 7793 } 7794 7795 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7796 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7797 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7798 ++fi) { 7799 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7800 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7801 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7802 7803 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7804 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7805 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7806 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7807 return; 7808 } 7809 } 7810 } 7811 7812 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7813} 7814 7815/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7816/// AST enum value. 7817static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7818TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7819 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7820 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7821 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7822 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7823 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7824 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7825 } 7826} 7827 7828/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7829/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7830Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7831 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7832 Decl *IntfDecl, 7833 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7834 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7835 7836 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7837 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7838 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7839 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7840 7841 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7842 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7843 7844 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7845 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7846 7847 if (BitWidth) { 7848 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7849 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7850 D.setInvalidType(); 7851 BitWidth = 0; 7852 } 7853 } else { 7854 // Not a bitfield. 7855 7856 // validate II. 7857 7858 } 7859 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7861 D.setInvalidType(); 7862 } 7863 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7864 // than a variably modified type. 7865 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7867 D.setInvalidType(); 7868 } 7869 7870 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7871 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7872 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7873 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7874 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7875 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7876 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7877 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7878 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7879 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7880 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7881 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7882 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7883 } 7884 else 7885 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7886 } else { 7887 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7888 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7889 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7890 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7891 return 0; 7892 } 7893 } 7894 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7895 } 7896 7897 // Construct the decl. 7898 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7899 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7900 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7901 7902 if (II) { 7903 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7904 ForRedeclaration); 7905 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7906 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7908 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7909 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7910 } 7911 } 7912 7913 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7914 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7915 7916 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7917 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7918 7919 if (II) { 7920 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7921 // these to the interface. 7922 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7923 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7924 } 7925 7926 return NewID; 7927} 7928 7929/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7930/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7931/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7932/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7933void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7934 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7935 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7936 return; 7937 7938 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7939 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7940 7941 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7942 return; 7943 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7944 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7945 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7946 return; 7947 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7948 if (!ID) { 7949 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7950 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7951 return; 7952 } 7953 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7954 else 7955 return; 7956 } 7957 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7958 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7959 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7960 7961 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7962 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7963 Context.CharTy, 7964 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7965 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7966 true); 7967 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7968} 7969 7970void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7971 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7972 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7973 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7974 AttributeList *Attr) { 7975 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7976 7977 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7978 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7979 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7980 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7981 return; 7982 } 7983 7984 7985 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7986 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7987 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7988 7989 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7990 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7991 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7992 7993 // Get the type for the field. 7994 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7995 7996 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7997 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7998 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7999 } 8000 8001 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8002 // diagnostics about it. 8003 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8004 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8005 continue; 8006 } 8007 8008 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8009 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8010 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8011 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8012 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8013 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8014 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8015 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8016 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8017 // array. 8018 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8019 // Field declared as a function. 8020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8021 << FD->getDeclName(); 8022 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8023 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8024 continue; 8025 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8026 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8027 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8028 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8029 // Flexible array member. 8030 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8031 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8032 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8033 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8034 if (Record->isUnion()) 8035 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8036 << FD->getDeclName(); 8037 else if (NumFields == 1) 8038 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8039 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8040 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8041 if (Record->isUnion()) 8042 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8043 << FD->getDeclName(); 8044 else if (NumFields == 1) 8045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8046 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8047 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8048 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8049 << FD->getDeclName(); 8050 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8051 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8052 continue; 8053 } 8054 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8055 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 8056 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8057 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8058 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8059 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8060 continue; 8061 } 8062 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8063 if (Record) 8064 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8065 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8066 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8067 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8068 // Incomplete type 8069 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8070 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8071 continue; 8072 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8073 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8074 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8075 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8076 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8077 } else { 8078 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8079 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8080 // structures. 8081 if (i != NumFields-1) 8082 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8083 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8084 else { 8085 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8086 // other structs as an extension. 8087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8088 << FD->getDeclName(); 8089 if (Record) 8090 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8091 } 8092 } 8093 } 8094 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8095 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8096 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8097 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8098 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8099 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8100 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8101 continue; 8102 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8103 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8104 Record && 8105 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8106 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 8107 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8108 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8109 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8110 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 8111 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8112 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8113 } 8114 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8115 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8116 ++NumNamedMembers; 8117 } 8118 8119 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8120 if (Record) { 8121 bool Completed = false; 8122 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8123 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8124 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8125 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8126 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8127 I != E; ++I) 8128 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8129 8130 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8131 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8132 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8133 8134 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8135 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8136 // problem now. 8137 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8138 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8139 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8140 8141 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8142 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8143 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8144 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8145 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8146 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8147 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8148 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8149 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8150 continue; 8151 8152 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8153 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8154 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8155 // program is ill-formed. 8156 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8157 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8158 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8159 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8160 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8161 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8162 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8163 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8164 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8165 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8166 8167 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8168 } 8169 } 8170 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8171 Completed = true; 8172 } 8173 } 8174 } 8175 } 8176 8177 if (!Completed) 8178 Record->completeDefinition(); 8179 } else { 8180 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8181 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8182 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8183 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8184 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8185 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8186 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8187 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8188 } 8189 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8190 // duplicates. 8191 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8192 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8193 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8194 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8195 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8196 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8197 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8198 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8199 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8200 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8201 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8202 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8203 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8204 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8205 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8206 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8207 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8208 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8209 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8210 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8211 } 8212 } 8213 } 8214 8215 if (Attr) 8216 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8217 8218 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8219 // set the visibility of this record. 8220 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8221 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8222} 8223 8224/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8225/// the given type T. 8226static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8227 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8228 QualType T) { 8229 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8230 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8231 8232 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8233 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8234 --BitWidth; 8235 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8236 } 8237 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8238} 8239 8240// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8241// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8242static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8243 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8244 // enum checking below. 8245 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8246 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8247 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8248 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8249 }; 8250 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8251 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8252 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8253 }; 8254 8255 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8256 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8257 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8258 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8259 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8260 return Types[I]; 8261 8262 return QualType(); 8263} 8264 8265EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8266 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8267 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8268 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8269 Expr *Val) { 8270 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8271 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8272 QualType EltTy; 8273 8274 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8275 Val = 0; 8276 8277 if (Val) { 8278 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8279 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8280 else { 8281 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8282 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8283 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8284 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8285 Val = 0; 8286 } else { 8287 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8288 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8289 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8290 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8291 // representable as an int. 8292 8293 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8294 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8295 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8296 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8297 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8298 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8299 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8300 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8301 } 8302 } 8303 8304 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8305 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8306 8307 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8308 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8309 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8310 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8311 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8312 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8313 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8314 } else 8315 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8316 << EltTy; 8317 } else 8318 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8319 } 8320 else { 8321 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8322 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8323 // is the type of its initializing value: 8324 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8325 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8326 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8327 } 8328 } 8329 } 8330 } 8331 8332 if (!Val) { 8333 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8334 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8335 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8336 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8337 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8338 // is the type of its initializing value: 8339 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8340 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8341 // 8342 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8343 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8344 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8345 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8346 } 8347 else { 8348 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8349 } 8350 } else { 8351 // Assign the last value + 1. 8352 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8353 ++EnumVal; 8354 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8355 8356 // Check for overflow on increment. 8357 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8358 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8359 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8360 // is the type of its initializing value: 8361 // 8362 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8363 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8364 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8365 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8366 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8367 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8368 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8369 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8370 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8371 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8372 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8373 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8374 ++EnumVal; 8375 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8376 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8377 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8378 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8379 << EltTy; 8380 else 8381 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8382 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8383 } else { 8384 EltTy = T; 8385 } 8386 8387 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8388 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8389 // value, then increment. 8390 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8391 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8392 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8393 ++EnumVal; 8394 8395 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8396 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8397 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8398 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8399 // integral type. 8400 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8401 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8402 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8403 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8404 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8405 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8406 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8407 } 8408 } 8409 } 8410 8411 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8412 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8413 // enumerator's type. 8414 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8415 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8416 } 8417 8418 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8419 Val, EnumVal); 8420} 8421 8422 8423Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8424 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8425 AttributeList *Attr, 8426 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8427 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8428 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8429 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8430 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8431 8432 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8433 // we find one that is. 8434 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8435 8436 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8437 // scope. 8438 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8439 ForRedeclaration); 8440 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8441 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8442 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8443 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8444 PrevDecl = 0; 8445 } 8446 8447 if (PrevDecl) { 8448 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8449 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8450 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8451 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8452 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8453 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8454 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8455 else 8456 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8457 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8458 return 0; 8459 } 8460 } 8461 8462 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8463 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8464 // name different from T: 8465 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8466 // type 8467 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8468 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8469 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8470 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8471 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8472 8473 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8474 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8475 8476 if (New) { 8477 // Process attributes. 8478 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8479 8480 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8481 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8482 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8483 } 8484 8485 return New; 8486} 8487 8488void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8489 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8490 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8491 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8492 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8493 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8494 8495 if (Attr) 8496 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8497 8498 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8499 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8500 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8501 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8502 if (!ECD) continue; 8503 8504 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8505 } 8506 8507 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8508 return; 8509 } 8510 8511 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8512 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8513 // emit a warning. 8514 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8515 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8516 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8517 8518 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8519 // reverse the list. 8520 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8521 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8522 8523 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8524 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8525 8526 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8527 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8528 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8529 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8530 8531 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8532 8533 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8534 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8535 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8536 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8537 else 8538 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8539 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8540 8541 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8542 if (AllElementsInt) 8543 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8544 } 8545 8546 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8547 QualType BestType; 8548 unsigned BestWidth; 8549 8550 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8551 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8552 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8553 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8554 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8555 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8556 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8557 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8558 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8559 QualType BestPromotionType; 8560 8561 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8562 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8563 // enum definitions. 8564 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8565 Packed = true; 8566 8567 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8568 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8569 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8570 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8571 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8572 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8573 } 8574 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8575 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8576 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8577 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8578 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8579 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8580 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8581 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8582 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8583 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8584 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8585 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8586 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8587 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8588 } else { 8589 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8590 8591 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8592 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8593 } else { 8594 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8595 8596 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8597 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8598 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8599 } 8600 } 8601 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8602 } else { 8603 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8604 // all of the enumerator values. 8605 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8606 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8607 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8608 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8609 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8610 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8611 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8612 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8613 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8614 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8615 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8616 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8617 BestPromotionType 8618 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8619 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8620 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8621 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8622 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8623 BestPromotionType 8624 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8625 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8626 } else { 8627 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8628 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8629 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8630 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8631 BestPromotionType 8632 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8633 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8634 } 8635 } 8636 8637 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8638 // the type of the enum if needed. 8639 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8640 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8641 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8642 8643 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8644 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8645 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8646 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8647 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8648 8649 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8650 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8651 8652 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8653 // the enum decl type. 8654 QualType NewTy; 8655 unsigned NewWidth; 8656 bool NewSign; 8657 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8658 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8659 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8660 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8661 NewSign = true; 8662 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8663 // Already the right type! 8664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8665 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8666 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8667 // enumeration. 8668 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8669 continue; 8670 } else { 8671 NewTy = BestType; 8672 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8673 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8674 } 8675 8676 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8677 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8678 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8679 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8680 8681 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8682 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8683 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8684 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8685 CK_IntegralCast, 8686 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8687 /*base paths*/ 0, 8688 VK_RValue)); 8689 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8690 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8691 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8692 // enumeration. 8693 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8694 else 8695 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8696 } 8697 8698 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8699 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8700} 8701 8702Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8703 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8704 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8705 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8706 8707 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8708 AsmString, StartLoc, 8709 EndLoc); 8710 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8711 return New; 8712} 8713 8714void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8715 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8716 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8717 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8718 8719 if (PrevDecl) { 8720 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8721 } else { 8722 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8723 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8724 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8725 } 8726} 8727 8728void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8729 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8730 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8731 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8732 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8733 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8734 LookupOrdinaryName); 8735 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8736 8737 if (PrevDecl) { 8738 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8739 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8740 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8741 } else { 8742 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8743 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8744 } 8745} 8746